From 709ace3c3637c8de3b5cd38c133999928a15c8e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:26:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2d73d744c5..8ae9787d3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-explicit γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα 1 The phrase **having become a curse on behalf of us** refers to FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “FILL” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 The phrase **a curse** refers Paul is describing by association with, which . If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). From 31ffa8f2f4ec377dff9fccf39c6b76dca99a03b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:28:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8ae9787d3b..c5a02dfe93 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 The phrase **a curse** refers Paul is describing by association with, which . If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul is describing by association with, which . If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). From de03e4f65e6362ab3e02cff08dffea42cb2c7170 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:31:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c5a02dfe93..c9edfb5537 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul is describing by association with, which . If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul is describing a person who is cursed by God by association with the **curse** itself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “one who was cursed” or “one who was cursed by God” or “one who God cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). From 821b655b6bc98e2626da7b24b2c6822da1df300d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:47:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c9edfb5537..765615cfd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). -GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross. +GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. When translating this word use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). From 0039bc90cc852fd26479fe0ac931b225882cc972 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:50:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 765615cfd9..706f9216be 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). -GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. When translating this word use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. +GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). From 8ee2c01dce9f5cafd4789c46ec94381e0b725f6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 15:51:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 7 ++++++- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 706f9216be..e5d4ad5e9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -326,7 +326,12 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” +GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” +GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “by” +GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 +GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” From dbd9c5a1fdc2d0bdf0a2b1349405f7fbaab28259 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 15:52:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e5d4ad5e9b..f9d966994a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated t GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “by” +GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From b3b423e487bb0375195f406645c0cec93833542e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 15:54:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f9d966994a..14d1dc9d40 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate tr GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 -GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). From ea7c5acc12fe81d68ffe6ab65b26ff20563ec33d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 15:56:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 14d1dc9d40..962aaba0e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -327,11 +327,11 @@ GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” -GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a such as “”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” From c054cc94c5da91fae51d9aa870da4f64e51705bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 16:04:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 962aaba0e4..b92a434f2d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -331,8 +331,9 @@ GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not us GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe . If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. From 2fe0c09dc7b3ecad9cd7d54af7eabe59d25cd27c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 16:14:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 52a062357c..4af7c249b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,8 +2508,7 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.

In [Romans 15:14](../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Strong/Weak

These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) -ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9-11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From b576ea22eb10b46d6efeaba6218d4cdc03546add Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 16:17:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 83 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4af7c249b8..bb3397b92b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 25 gmbd figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)
* The blessings of justification (5:1–11)
* Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)\n * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)\n * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)\n * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)\n * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The second Adam\n\nAdam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore**, here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been justified by faith” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since we have been justified by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous” or “since God makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπ ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” +ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις…ἐξουσία…οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Weak in faith

Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Dietary restrictions

In the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Weak in faith\n\nPaul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Dietary restrictions\n\nIn the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει…διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -2397,14 +2397,14 @@ ROM 14 2 tuf5 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 One person has faith to eat anything **On ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called “the one who is weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called "the one who is weak" in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 3 pqrp writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς…αὐτὸν προσελάβετο 1 Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one who eats** and **the one who does not eat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has excepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 you, who judges Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 4 vaym figs-metaphor ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 you, who judges Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 5 x7j2 κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day” ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day” @@ -2413,102 +2413,103 @@ ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πληροφορείσθω 1 ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. Thy do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n +ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἀποθνῄσκομεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ…τῷ Κυρίῳ 2 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n +ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν…τὸν ἀδελφόν 2 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες…παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ…ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God” ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν…κοινὸν…κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” -ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου…περιπατεῖς…σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to:(1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν\n 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 14 18 iqg3 figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 14 19 xxgm figs-metaphor διώκωμεν 1 Here Paul refers to **the things of peace and the things of the building up** as if they were something that people could **pursue**. He is telling Christians to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us commit to doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 19 sfpg figs-possession τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης…καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-metaphor τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, Paul speaks of helping other Christians become more spiritually mature as if one were **building up** a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that help one another grow spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ…κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 zbd1 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν βρώματος 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in [verses 2–6](../14/02.md), [13–17](../14/13.md). See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 r7u3 figs-explicit πάντα μὲν καθαρά 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **things** refers to food and **clean** refers to something that God has permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All foods are indeed permitted by God to be eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 21 mrr4 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ 2 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n ROM 14 21 iq9g figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 14 21 k1bn translate-textvariants ἢ σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 your These words are found in some traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 14 21 o6kn figs-activepassive σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that offends him or makes him weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ…ἔχεις…σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause means to keep one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves” -ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ…διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 b6t9 figs-explicit ἐὰν φάγῃ 1 Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9-11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9-11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [Romans 15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 12095f7622b18d25789c6e42c6d36d7a9cab2467 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 16:20:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bb3397b92b..5e2785dd9c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9-11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [Romans 15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [Romans 15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 82b2ed7fd0bd325f0de1fa2b737535f80a811509 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:00:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b92a434f2d..f805f559a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe . If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” From 61bdefa8d340f1fb0ef4c0a746829d6c64654b6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:05:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f805f559a0..2386335507 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe . If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. From 102c51cd3d1c9809b60c99622b1a9bc0cbef79a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:07:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2386335507..79490feba8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -331,6 +331,7 @@ GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not us GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 2a2f5d303ee8a340d2f8c107f0aaf55dc395390c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:08:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 79490feba8..96492f2cde 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not us GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From c11103ea222a2c6a242948d495910e47212c3f73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:21:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 96492f2cde..161d2e14dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated t GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** is used to show FILL If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e15e9cdf69a800c0a70212d60087ca81b6d33921 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:21:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5e2785dd9c..cc18d0fbbb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,8 +2508,7 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\nIn [Romans 15:14](../15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Strong/Weak\n\nThese terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) -ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived. +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 2aaceac2ef3216c84458da3dc168c0dbb6a8020d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:24:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 161d2e14dc..bb97817827 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come Alternate translation: “Because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come” +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\r\n\r\n\r GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 From 76709321ce258757d376621bc7f7783135a99d7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:27:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index cc18d0fbbb..9153be3219 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2509,10 +2509,10 @@ ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) -ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument. +ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1b9dffaf17842823916fa029503fe486aa294d64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:29:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index bb97817827..8532ea0221 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\r\n\r\n\r +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 From e90f897eba90631a20a6ba5754f6a3b94c948eed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:29:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8532ea0221..6890930a23 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 From cc25fdc877c3387c85370025bcfce1ae26d4dec6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:30:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9153be3219..926e4e0ec6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2512,13 +2512,13 @@ ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\ ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our … we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant” From 734ffe1fa37e8c99f6e259bcd3257a1dcd42a779 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:34:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6890930a23..3e618268d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Pa GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 gt7z ἵνα 2 +GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely for the purpose of **the promise of the Spirit** being received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 3a1771bd31f557b1159fd43c32e5bcbba78aea2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:36:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3e618268d1..3eebbc8a7d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Pa GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely for the purpose of **the promise of the Spirit** being received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 06d00ec18348e182af78fb749820edebdbfdd42d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:40:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 926e4e0ec6..091df3b4b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2510,7 +2510,8 @@ ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n -ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4601922491244197fb9731cea74cbeb6c7c94cf3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:51:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 091df3b4b1..b45a2c0383 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2512,6 +2512,7 @@ ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\ ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 044772238e4b3f0b6ec4e84ed88ffa96a0f35a10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:53:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b45a2c0383..3bc8be3139 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pro ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to immature Christians. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 35e59adfcccb39a4d341ae0a8514c94ed47a4e40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:59:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3eebbc8a7d..eed3d7be82 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From f4c5029fc7ff3ba615325692f435889843b8d4fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:01:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index eed3d7be82..bb916cf217 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated t GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 45e4e3b44336bc8565c0252d4398c7bcd82887e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:04:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3bc8be3139..4421676788 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2515,7 +2515,8 @@ ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 w ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to immature Christians. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. From f2d99409fbb1bfcf50e18166fcdccd9332ba0060 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:21:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 4421676788..bbf24f972a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2515,6 +2515,7 @@ ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 w ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to immature Christians. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 10c14d72bc86a788838a9ffe9c579af7223cfffd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:29:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index bb916cf217..6758bb2f9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -330,8 +330,9 @@ GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abrah GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” or “faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 50f1800f789620eca973fcf4fb936dd337124a6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:32:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6758bb2f9e..01e2d96fa2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” +GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to mean If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a43aaace146f9e2b2db33af85a14720f52ac7bcb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:40:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 01e2d96fa2..17ae508e6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,8 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to mean If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from a human standpoint” or “with a human analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From ee0f322d4831a1f4d90cd16c9232bcc62899ee6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:43:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 17ae508e6d..def23787f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 255a09decd86cd10bde4d2f385bc7096db93cdf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:45:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bbf24f972a..a9bf1d9d06 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2518,8 +2518,10 @@ ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pro ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From dedbc167c06a5becfde25827d0df6782f32ee609 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:49:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a9bf1d9d06..6b4613ee4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates th ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. +ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4b2c34cdaa0c73ab48254950d356564c23d573d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:49:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index def23787f3..d5954eaf32 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” From 8631178b3162890f2e9d9119083b63a4d77b441a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:52:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6b4613ee4f..ac2f1af52f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2522,6 +2522,7 @@ ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates th ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 671b1ed5c292c1b0246fdb123be77633eda0c11a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:54:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d5954eaf32..5a5d2f88ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -331,14 +331,15 @@ GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not us GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” -GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from human life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. From 7eb096fe6d436c0ff7c79929c9b08ff70fca7506 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 18:54:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5a5d2f88ab..d8f9b4db95 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from human life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From d398ba277f12dc734f6a87551ea741ad8f8d0b80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 19:35:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ac2f1af52f..6f1c007e98 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2524,7 +2524,8 @@ ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your langu ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. From 63296da7bbeefdef36dc578d320db5c8e862082d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 19:37:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6f1c007e98..e3209d18fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2525,7 +2525,8 @@ ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it i ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. From 12285c23710a17b4e552352c58b05bea58b77559 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 19:55:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e3209d18fe..5a8720adba 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2526,9 +2526,12 @@ ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicates that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have hope** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 4 i0z9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως…τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant” ROM 15 5 ws7q τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” From 0738d24cd89426fbac4a2ffbe197d70c2fa04f5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 21:04:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d8f9b4db95..cf82233f9d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From c897787684fab7bc06a31fb54fc7cf63a94dfc1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 21:18:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cf82233f9d..62bfa9c0a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -339,6 +339,7 @@ GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise” GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 3af8766c0ded5fbb72110719882ce86d6e7b7ab1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 21:53:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 62bfa9c0a3..87e46d3889 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@ GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) From b4486fecd92d9a7a52a5ac9e6cffa3051eed0775 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 21:53:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 87e46d3889..e90c1c3d79 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. -GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) From 876f3b491d5c28de91773fe58d65b7efed8685ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:10:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e90c1c3d79..a783a3e808 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@ GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** refers to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) From 803f2b4904e851890ddbe6dbdce7ff9946938750 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:11:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a783a3e808..f022a9e9ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. -GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** refers to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 2da06c5d46af0397e9ad058d1d208deee2a3668f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:11:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f022a9e9ff..a12c8006f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. -GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** refers to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From e533644f3659eff4beab09c8288da26edadfeb94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:24:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a12c8006f4..da6889377f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indica GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case. +GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** refers to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” From 85bb341f32504979c35494b5319c9bcc6f53aa4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:31:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index da6889377f..495f9f2573 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -345,7 +345,8 @@ GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** refers to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) From 73cdbcfb6d58246972c5eaa9e7e7a8bc96607879 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:32:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 495f9f2573..6e50dcdc6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From beab09924604c331799d4eb956f1d51b9d958bfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:35:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6e50dcdc6b..22566682b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** c GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 -GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many Alternate translation: “referring to many descendants” +GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking to many, but as speaking to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) From 53314fc3cc62ebc85c249c2f9ee0a31e34b26800 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:36:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 22566682b3..1aac3a4dd4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** c GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 -GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking to many, but as speaking to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) From 2e6670a4a3696e50069f3416b0231608b475db62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:43:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1aac3a4dd4..162ebc6794 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@ GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n From 62efda43cbeb54baa01a3712f083b660290dba16 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:45:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 162ebc6794..f00f6730a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασι GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n -GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person who is a descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 634ce79c574afa9601e2fa5cf47d234bbe04cb7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 22:59:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 12 ++++++++---- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5a8720adba..0cdb8711d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2530,11 +2530,15 @@ ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicates that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 4 wk5h figs-infostructure ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that we would have the hope through the patience and through the encouragement of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 15 4 i0z9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως…τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. -ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant Alternate translation: “I pray that … God … will grant” -ROM 15 5 ws7q τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” +ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. He means that God uses **the Scriptures** to show his **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the patience and through the encouragement that God gives in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 15 5 y97a figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **patience** and **encouragement**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by patience and encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 5 u2zm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 See how you translated **patience** and **encouragement** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alternate translation: “to agree with each other” +ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the united he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another Alternate translation: “accept one another” ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. From b12795a2513e64e9fb4bbcb9ba96a5198690fcb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 23:14:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0cdb8711d2..5495637eca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@ ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alter ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the united he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” -ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another Alternate translation: “accept one another” ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 07e4f5eba26cabfc5392ed9c85aedeaaf3c31da3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 23:55:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5495637eca..83349ed813 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2540,7 +2540,9 @@ ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This cou ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the united he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another Alternate translation: “accept one another” +ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other and Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 8 r0gd figs-activepassive Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a7a5fe834a122f1c54f2685b2f43729f4f2e44a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 00:37:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 14 ++++++++------ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 83349ed813..6c8a29dee4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2542,12 +2542,14 @@ ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with on ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other and Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. -ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has been made a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 8 r0gd figs-activepassive Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. -ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here, **the fathers** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the promises to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other and Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n +ROM 15 8 refk figs-abstractnouns διάκονον…ἀληθείας…τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** refers to the people who have been circumcised: the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 8 rtbo grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι 1 Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for which **Christ** became a **servant of the circumcision**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of confirming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων\r\n\n 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 51a15e4a9a06736776588f259c4b86ccaa388fd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 00:50:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6c8a29dee4..b2f4d6b745 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ ROM 15 8 rtbo grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι 1 He ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων\r\n\n 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy” +ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” From 6056740c537f3e96357c3ea5683416e2b23611a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 16:48:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b2f4d6b745..b33524113b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Romans\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Romans?\n\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.\n\n### What is the book of Romans about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).\n\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?\n\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).\n\n### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?\n\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”\n\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?\n\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”\n\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?\n\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.\n\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.\n\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?\n\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.\n\n* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”\n* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”\n\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.\n\n* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2552,7 +2552,9 @@ ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρω ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated mercy in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the King David. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 32b82db67176b921b27b00ee8d02667904a549c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 17:03:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b33524113b..7c02d7e4bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2554,7 +2554,8 @@ ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέ ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated mercy in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the King David. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e34008708f83e6e0f30e922e7b56ce9d386cd597 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 17:09:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7c02d7e4bf..f0c8e85804 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2522,6 +2522,7 @@ ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates th ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n From 3035ec330a66f2606c190715bd7fd8228af3d8ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 17:35:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f0c8e85804..f3eea78574 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated mercy i ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him Alternate translation: “let … praise the Lord” From 470fa8ef5aa39072e067037b66e96bf18f6c5c43 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 18:17:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 9 ++++++--- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f3eea78574..1645a2b289 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2558,9 +2558,12 @@ ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you t ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says Alternate translation: “And again the scripture says” -ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s **people**. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him Alternate translation: “let … praise the Lord” +ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another Scripture quotation that expresses the same idea of the Scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n +ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 11 gk0i writing-quotations αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 2a26e9519926ec13410b95123982625471f3e226 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 18:30:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1645a2b289..0a59546072 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2564,6 +2564,8 @@ ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ το ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 11 gk0i writing-quotations αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 2c5b822ae44de8503bedd37eab269d5eb11d7248 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 18:52:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0a59546072..fe15e9972d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2566,6 +2566,7 @@ ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates th ROM 15 11 gk0i writing-quotations αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 60fd04413b38866e6b731522b5a410f504e97e7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 19:35:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fe15e9972d..0f93cdccf9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2567,8 +2567,8 @@ ROM 15 11 gk0i writing-quotations αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τ ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse **Jesse** was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “the people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 6f2dfadb46646417a3d34956aeab1016ccc97513 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 21:13:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0f93cdccf9..77cb8be053 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2569,6 +2569,7 @@ ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 55797113e83862f0504e271e982db62887f0af8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 21:45:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 77cb8be053..e98ece768d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2570,7 +2570,9 @@ ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνισ ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “may … fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 700f1e06285e722af496e0aae3bb62508cf2319a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 22:00:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e98ece768d..082ff3d0a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2570,9 +2570,11 @@ ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνισ ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\r\n\r +ROM 15 13 a6rk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 7dea77d3068d638e74b4741a5b6d27b4bd7c57de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 22:04:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 082ff3d0a0..5455e4c820 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul i ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\r\n\r +ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 15 13 a6rk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0a4dc9b725a9a2f14072e12cf8fea0c33bdb9655 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 22:21:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5455e4c820..39e0ac2fff 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2574,8 +2574,9 @@ ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n -ROM 15 13 a6rk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is -ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles. +ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 13 k3y1 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” +ROM 15 14 h98x 1 ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “having been filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 2f6190e9a7d6c14e31ab8bd74307179d4c3ff8d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 23:28:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 39e0ac2fff..afaa7e833d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2576,10 +2576,12 @@ ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 k3y1 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” -ROM 15 14 h98x 1 -ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “having been filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης 1 brothers Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here, to **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e1d590fd5af872e66eafe1499ef4cbc4c36fc679 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 23:48:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index afaa7e833d..08215ad4dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2577,8 +2577,10 @@ ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 k3y1 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ…αὐτοὶ…ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης 1 brothers Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 407bdf9b08b7b35e15ed174b12b75b77ed79c171 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Sun, 13 Nov 2022 04:27:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f00f6730a7..17f9047b2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a9009af6db24ae86391913e69d2b5719c62be113 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Sun, 13 Nov 2022 04:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 17f9047b2e..e416e5620d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -351,6 +351,7 @@ GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From ef61f263ab4ea21dcb6bef79d4961627c57fa31a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Sun, 13 Nov 2022 04:31:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e416e5620d..3b5833c97b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e935e79012bad700638921da824575cd7956e29c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 14:09:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3b5833c97b..fb972a9474 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man* GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God himself speaking to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 39d70a3182b3aeeeaf686891db074019b8fca8ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 14:09:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fb972a9474..ea51a34006 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man* GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God himself speaking to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God himself speaking to Abraham as recorded in Scripture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 9ea0a863477f27f232367ab2e8ede822e6f676f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 14:18:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ea51a34006..1431439f99 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man* GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **It** could: (1) refer to Scripture. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (2) be translated as “He” and be referring to God himself speaking to Abraham as recorded in Scripture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From e20661bb915e106877c15983e0fe9e7b3cc17e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 15:07:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1431439f99..c14bf8fd9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -350,6 +350,7 @@ GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) From 04d9975a18ffe012fc67c2eefa8f880e38671107 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 15:24:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c14bf8fd9a..8b14ca2634 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -353,6 +353,7 @@ GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 06fb5b5189a397bd240111d66eb0f706432be04f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 15:27:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8b14ca2634..6504795a45 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c52d603c3d713be8239bcea3d74936383df28e84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 16:31:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6504795a45..a40e73a33c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -356,6 +356,7 @@ GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 57b0a11d358d4e365a91bbd194ef20afe6180f6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:09:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a40e73a33c..4b7e0d9871 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -356,6 +356,8 @@ GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by … is no longer by” or “is based on … is no longer based on” or “comes from … it no longer comes from” +GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** comes . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f316029ceca83ab6ca3ad57065d41d44846d09fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:11:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4b7e0d9871..8d5740491d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by … is no longer by” or “is based on … is no longer based on” or “comes from … it no longer comes from” +GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** comes . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0dafd2234bc0a5f1a8dab2c06ec33709f2fa0c5c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:13:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8d5740491d..0c4fd4e07d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” -GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** comes . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 56eae53ea92d1546195578fe7ad9e4b6e14e3fa5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:30:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0c4fd4e07d..c51c158192 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -354,11 +354,12 @@ GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ…ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c8d81b0fc97b5e4dd6c49160467b702d3032d239 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:33:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c51c158192..f41da38b05 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ…ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from the law, then it is no longer from” GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From 37159ca290ba6cbad0c5519aba3ece47a26e76ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f41da38b05..ab2014d278 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from the law, then it is no longer from” +GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From 44dbecbdfd6e88ca87134c37fb19b7f4a732dd97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 17:56:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 08215ad4dc..2c03275ce4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 broth ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here, to **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From a1679927ba65c08264f3e93866934ccaa1cf70d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 18:26:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2c03275ce4..213663f8d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2585,7 +2585,9 @@ ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσε ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a physical gift that **God** had **given** him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” From 5c1867fddba4986ff75fbeed93e8db306c59d349 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 18:45:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 213663f8d6..2c68009727 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2588,7 +2588,9 @@ ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers t ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God and that **offering** is **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 41c2d7498c7779f00e028227730ac338e8469cec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 18:47:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2c68009727..af916a5de3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2591,6 +2591,7 @@ ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God and that **offering** is **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit had sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From aa887e0d25c188df3ddcf8200814740cb1565cb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 19:14:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ab2014d278..71526bb399 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” -GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an **inheritance** of property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 139996285ac649394182fbc5c3852891eb3f27b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 19:27:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index af916a5de3..e7bb741239 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2585,11 +2585,13 @@ ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσε ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an **offering** to God and that **offering** is **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit had sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From dd079d2c6f1c26674f153aa75421a97e613a3131 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 19:31:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e7bb741239..a81d75e4bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2588,6 +2588,7 @@ ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers t ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 67b85413c29c17f2568ca0a246724819f890927a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:03:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 ++++++-- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a81d75e4bd..7d30f50072 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2591,11 +2591,15 @@ ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit had sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he has a reason to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 747fa22107d0eec0421d2c8ca4cc637eb9b4e295 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:04:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 71526bb399..8c3e7c5817 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -361,6 +361,7 @@ GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **Bu GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” From 569893fa4f915508a309f3f5363a3e4c1077a7b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:27:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8c3e7c5817..ac295a8ef2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,9 +362,10 @@ GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη…ἐπήγγελται 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” +GAL 3 19 m67a 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning.. GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” From d569b851a2287058958f7c2af394c43b716ac24f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:31:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ac295a8ef2..2a421f2039 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,10 +362,11 @@ GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη…ἐπήγγελται 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning.. +GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” From 585e73fd6d19264dad3a46f8e22d2bf5cff72c5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:32:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2a421f2039..9a73c2d33e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” -GAL 3 19 m67a 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning.. +GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning.. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 9a9f0bd28ceb0008857694d4b5218ece95fe6907 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:32:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9a73c2d33e..440251ead0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” -GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning.. +GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 2815b66abbe3157ecf24014565cd1d2dffa5f6ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:35:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7d30f50072..361f727ed3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2600,8 +2600,10 @@ ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you tra ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he has a reason to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Alternate translation: “so that the Gentiles will obey God” -ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “through me in my words and actions” or “the things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles” +ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7dcf5639f8c1828667c7bee7c922728264126e31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:40:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 440251ead0..b0cf814152 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -363,6 +363,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. From 770a8319ed19073f600b7bdebb58c5b1a6af74c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:44:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b0cf814152..867f725f37 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -368,6 +368,7 @@ GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐ GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” From 77bd58c016fb1a5ffcf9440056acfa4735931834 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:49:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 361f727ed3..47221fb28c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2602,6 +2602,7 @@ ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates t ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles” ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 6c004e8bb444e9eae2d60149de7177f7e8558094 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 23:21:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 47221fb28c..ab37d53c71 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2605,7 +2605,7 @@ ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 f ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1407a41b8be31d2a65d5cb2de4c5668ec7022185 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 23:31:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ab37d53c71..12403be641 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2605,7 +2605,9 @@ ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 f ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n +ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates who empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in Gentiles trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 27bd28460c9b213ecff4439229fac9df3e2825e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 23:53:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 12403be641..323e7bc858 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@ ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things don ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n -ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates who empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in Gentiles trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 81144fa3a138a93bac2ce009883cb3163e5d1842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 23:57:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 323e7bc858..f10c219a6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@ ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and acti ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of **Jerusalem** as far as the province of **Illyricum**, a region close to Italy. +ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From a49bf4d57f7376067545b31dd5125e71318de1fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:03:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f10c219a6e..f8872e9cc8 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2609,6 +2609,7 @@ ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τερ ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5560f89a077758a762941a1f44715487d0de74c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:16:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f8872e9cc8..7176593631 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4336b5e60ef4107e9001acdec59cfde1f55a42b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:35:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7176593631..641e818168 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2611,7 +2611,9 @@ ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cb4b90a522da4b31c2acf3e87a30e908565a793e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:37:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 641e818168..970ebb864c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@ ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 69eb83aa9d5fbe1769ddba045bf777fbacdd32ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:41:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 970ebb864c..9ae5bd1d81 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2611,6 +2611,7 @@ ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 74c6c7d1680b18c307d49892b5d382d935415741 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:53:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9ae5bd1d81..f5f199113e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2611,10 +2611,11 @@ ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2bec482f4c64490e00a24bad9227b32367b9d07e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 14:47:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 867f725f37..1716104f58 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. -GAL 3 19 kx2e τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is.” or “Let me tell you why God gave the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 7a8b3b4616541583628fe0e52c01083da98db030 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 14:53:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1716104f58..9dc9c42fad 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -363,8 +363,9 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator God used angels to give the law to Moses. Moses is referred here as a **mediator** between God and the people of Israel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 58e8487ffeaa7f855c80c6c3f9b98d6e5f3b2038 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 14:54:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9dc9c42fad..7e0d0a0718 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and a mediator put it into effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3182d044bdeb07f6314c7ffd984a7b1a7204e6d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:05:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7e0d0a0718..f341796b29 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and a mediator put it into effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ab0370684f41133ed3da9839c85fbd07a2161500 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:12:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f341796b29..f5bca1cf85 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2dd9d62e3532dab846ee80ff2c68dca1abbeba0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:18:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f5bca1cf85..a2fe981902 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 77394843c0953964b10615571a524e794426ee74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:25:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a2fe981902..0fe8574d54 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your langu GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator Alternate translation: “given through a middleman” +GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). From 71005cef058878ed1b862baf73abb4e66be510c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:28:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0fe8574d54..e2fdb131b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -367,6 +367,7 @@ GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of trans GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). From 29e8801b26da09c29fc852e5440bca956771d6fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 15:56:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e2fdb131b1..c978136f20 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. The Jewish people believed that God used angels to give Moses his law and the Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. From e83c69bea29e410ccb52acf4db0b3827f61dcd34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:03:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c978136f20..f4b287dbd8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -366,6 +366,7 @@ GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your langu GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. From 5a6b8eaa8ff9e424ba18525915f90ebba3aa7bda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:05:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f4b287dbd8..b0d264f5f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your langu GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” +GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. From 89018238e78eddbd205ef6444bdf9817d475b568 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:31:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b0d264f5f9..856c055892 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) +GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” From 4372242f8d453d0c77350335935d2a585f892aeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:31:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f5f199113e..0d263faee1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2616,8 +2616,10 @@ ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what was written by Isaiah in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “what is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7edcf132d77e272aa980db9a741f1541d99bfc6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:38:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0d263faee1..e9fdd797a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2617,6 +2617,7 @@ ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n From 52b55f531f9e32a6a8d54f8374cd61005f5c1253 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:52:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e9fdd797a0..e844a548f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2621,6 +2621,7 @@ ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In thi ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 64ff4ea73857ae078e566910f6ffcf7abf44f285 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 16:59:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e844a548f2..54e13d1e84 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2622,7 +2622,8 @@ ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came See how you translated the use of **see** in [7:23](../07/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 87c77e8bd941707c38e9bc3b9c07d152b6e77663 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:02:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 54e13d1e84..1446f28c87 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your lang ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came See how you translated the use of **see** in [7:23](../07/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 67c434301d302aa74378ec96b4b6501535d5d2ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:44:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 856c055892..e8b62af22d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** t GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). +GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” From a43b774be1da8e7f3d4d25a6012c2c041c23715a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:48:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e8b62af22d..559fd3937c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** t GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). +GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 03bc1d4be82c0ef87ef046fef57462eb7c06941b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:50:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 559fd3937c..f4496d5a52 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** t GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). -GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 71824ec067822fb25f8cd8498eb468e884bb0b2d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:55:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f4496d5a52..67cdde372d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -371,10 +371,10 @@ GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phras GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is showing that God’s promise to Abraham is superior superior in nature to the law that God gave Moses. What Paul is saying in this verse is that God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). -GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. +GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” From e13c8e958a4a1980abdf701895e6b093995dbe59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:13:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 67cdde372d..ec5a89591c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -367,11 +367,12 @@ GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transg GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” +GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 Paul saying that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ came. GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is showing that God’s promise to Abraham is superior superior in nature to the law that God gave Moses. What Paul is saying in this verse is that God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses, who was a mediator between God and the people of Israel. +GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is proving to the Galatian believers that God’s promise to Abraham is superior to the law that he gave Moses. What Paul means by saying **a mediator is not for one** is that a mediator is not needed when one person is speaking with another person directly. Paul is implicitly expressing to the Galatian believers that the promise to Abraham is superior to the law because it was not given through a mediator but rather God gave the promise directly to Abraham. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. See the Chapter 3 Introduction GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From 57f5b404552f78fda9a573d25242dbbe0e06865a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:15:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ec5a89591c..59790f5588 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transg GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” -GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 Paul saying that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ came. +GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 When Paul says that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ, whom he calls **the seed**, came. GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. From 0eba14c7e890ce0595c47dfce230e69e018e42d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:16:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 10 +++++++--- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1446f28c87..9e09750c33 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2623,10 +2623,14 @@ ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your lang ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται…συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray. -ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers of the church in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Alternate translation: “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5409a2c880a25bcaa6336456e0e7f22615c69e72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:23:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 59790f5588..9062695cae 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. -GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this rhetorical question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phras GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is proving to the Galatian believers that God’s promise to Abraham is superior to the law that he gave Moses. What Paul means by saying **a mediator is not for one** is that a mediator is not needed when one person is speaking with another person directly. Paul is implicitly expressing to the Galatian believers that the promise to Abraham is superior to the law because it was not given through a mediator but rather God gave the promise directly to Abraham. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. See the Chapter 3 Introduction +GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is proving to the Galatian believers that God’s promise to Abraham is superior to the law that he gave Moses. What Paul means by saying **a mediator is not for one** is that a mediator is not needed when one person is speaking with another person directly. Paul is implicitly expressing to the Galatian believers that the promise to Abraham is superior to the law because it was not given through a mediator but rather God gave the promise directly to Abraham. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From bc83fcb180fa3b9bd954c47b651bd3fc63ff0207 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:28:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9062695cae..2c364011b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -376,6 +376,8 @@ GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a m GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Paul could be using the Scripture quotation **God is one** to mean: GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” From 99dbc21dfd05b1cb300576450caca9e072ef0447 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:28:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2c364011b1..9259d1fcaf 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a m GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Paul could be using the Scripture quotation **God is one** to mean: GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” From b438217131de37991801cfef391f60abf85bf6ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:34:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 9e09750c33..8e5b5c7379 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2631,8 +2631,8 @@ ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** i ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome that Paul desired to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Alternate translation: “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way” +ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you” From c27101f09ae1fc902356722546cb5497b7709a9d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:37:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9259d1fcaf..2eb97895bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Paul could be using the Scripture quotation **God is one** to mean: +GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one**. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” From 0df3c8eb17600ca371603662862b80ad8240d832 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:40:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2eb97895bc..7df9d92a89 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one**. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. +GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” From 2d1cfa72b8b26ab22f07ba05f6ae2a9701a30b4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 18:46:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8e5b5c7379..636ea4b1ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2632,10 +2632,11 @@ ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will provide for me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “and that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “after I have enjoyed spending some time with you” +ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +ROM 15 24 ww2v figs-explicit διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Paul implies that he would be **passing through** Rome on his way to **Spain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to send me ahead to there, if you might first satisfy me for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” From 75db0fff1d27260e86e3c7c34d990e06ae00804c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:59:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7df9d92a89..4acb94a8f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -378,8 +378,8 @@ GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the obje GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. -GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section is inclusive and refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” +GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 52af827719439df8df0c7cf5790f9a0a2978133c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:04:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 636ea4b1ce..a0061ec8e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2637,6 +2637,7 @@ ROM 15 24 ww2v figs-explicit διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Paul impl ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to send me ahead to there, if you might first satisfy me for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” +ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” From d0322f9c74c3bed0fb32a359345c73f28a0b99a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:06:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4acb94a8f2..a09a7e7725 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -380,6 +380,8 @@ GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 nd97 1 +GAL 3 21 jnwe εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 248f0935c76a5611120118b296e659929baf40cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:06:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a09a7e7725..5085fae361 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views a GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 1 -GAL 3 21 jnwe εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n +GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0aefcde5b583b595bc739376cdb11c1a6fc77a1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:15:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5085fae361..ecc7632f22 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 21 nd97 1 +GAL 3 21 nd97 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9634bb52feee99240c598127c01de9d598f3fd95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:16:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ecc7632f22..586d7cd7c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 21 nd97 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” +GAL 3 21 nd97 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fd0a5ddea8b5199997d689b7f0dbcd6c6e515acf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:18:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 586d7cd7c9..ed29a4a294 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. -GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this rhetorical question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) From 18a6e4d7f0424cb6b1f28baeaa858b2af864c4d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:23:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a0061ec8e7..3f759b4816 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2638,7 +2638,8 @@ ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. +ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” From b2aaa3d921d31585bb0ea475e0aaaee6f0da448a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:24:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ed29a4a294..033eb086aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -378,6 +378,7 @@ GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the obje GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. +GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” From 7c055a411e49640ab8d81b16812fd47d8d65cf7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:29:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3f759b4816..a757ea5670 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. +ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” From 5c8d452610b4cb2fa3899fdf4ab95aa87b18c862 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:35:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a757ea5670..7303fd18ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2640,6 +2640,7 @@ ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπ ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” From 5b610f51e475fefd4cae2d8d3ee107bf9d97b8dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:39:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 033eb086aa..b056424395 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -381,8 +381,9 @@ GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views a GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 21 nd97 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” +GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n +GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 15492a81ec8c8ea9525da45d697c4453b6f26cb7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:49:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7303fd18ba..619728d9af 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2638,6 +2638,7 @@ ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From c6c24ebb21643069bb79ef058b12b344db9da5e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:52:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b056424395..eba97d784d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises A GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n -GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e07f2f60fd2c03a4ebd2c57f31cd3e1fb7e73127 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:58:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index eba97d784d..36b86bf87c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,9 @@ GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises A GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n +GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e576b1d43e449f4c43ea98937cf95487b662a181 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:01:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 36b86bf87c..30454f6791 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -385,6 +385,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 skc0 ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) (2) GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b4808ca63721a5430d383c2c7fc934594539bd81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:05:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 619728d9af..c29f44e8d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2642,7 +2642,8 @@ ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure o ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this Alternate translation: “Indeed, the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it” +ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this For here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 27 px7a εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται… 1 Indeed they were please to do this ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 26bdd778d0df4a6ee4b8b6bb1e3364279c4e1903 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:07:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c29f44e8d5..b974006fe1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was t ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this For here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 27 px7a εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται… 1 Indeed they were please to do this +ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this These two occurrences of **they** refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 155376c367522f80db22fe63259cb076529db0d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:25:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b974006fe1..1a91c0c1dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2644,7 +2644,8 @@ ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this For here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this These two occurrences of **they** refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 15 27 tfz1 ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors Alternate translation: “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem” +ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 56dbcd4b8511bde18eb3b34cae7ae775b6a0568b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:27:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1a91c0c1dd..1585655aa4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this These two occurrences of **they** refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Alternate translation: “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles ought to share their physical things with the Jerusalem believers” +ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. From a78f031ab3a6213b8f48a24893047739ec1b8256 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:58:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1585655aa4..370da0b5e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2647,7 +2647,8 @@ ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰ ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 made sure that they have received what was collected Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were a **fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for them. Alternate translation: “and have safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” From e1c169d2d79e337958384a3a02614a733bac2a0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:05:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 370da0b5e2..e64d60f63f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2648,7 +2648,8 @@ ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 i ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit** that was collected and **sealed** for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” From c133f12c39573735c8d2f02c460191d1d7eda008 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:10:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e64d60f63f..d64137d0df 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2649,6 +2649,7 @@ ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates t ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 28 gz16 figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. From 7b1055844c8cc22d33585a04a13426f04aa252f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:20:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d64137d0df..0d5aabfb9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul tra ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 28 gz16 figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 I know that when I come to you I will come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ This phrase means that Christ will bless Paul and the Roman believers. Alternate translation: “Christ will abundantly bless us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 57bab62dc318279ae0e8f61d8c693193ec2547d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:43:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0d5aabfb9a..8362c97c6c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2651,7 +2651,9 @@ ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul tra ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 28 gz16 figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 This could mean: (1) Paul and the believers in Rome will experience Christs blessing. Alternate translation: “I will come and we will experience the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (2) Paul will bring Christs blessing to the believers in Rome. Alternate translation: “I will bring the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 8cad304cb3325df9a7f85b9f8e0444aabf264707 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:57:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8362c97c6c..1ca9470a84 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2654,10 +2654,9 @@ ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain* ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 This could mean: (1) Paul and the believers in Rome will experience Christs blessing. Alternate translation: “I will come and we will experience the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (2) Paul will bring Christs blessing to the believers in Rome. Alternate translation: “I will bring the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 30 w1ta δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way to show that Paul has stopped talking about the good things he is confident of ([Romans 15:29](../15/29.md)) and is now starting to talk about the dangers he faces, use it here. -ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you Alternate translation: “I encourage you” ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with Alternate translation: “to work hard with” or “to struggle with” +ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Spirit loves … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if struggling together” ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0f8f9b500f4501a04eabfbfac776b92290ebc0e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:59:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 183/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1ca9470a84..2f32bcd29b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χ ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Spirit loves … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if struggling together” +ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if struggling together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 7635af0cbe07db7b130f27e32683f65e4f0ad279 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:00:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2f32bcd29b..b2f828cd3f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2655,6 +2655,7 @@ ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χρισ ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Spirit loves … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if struggling together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f4e1fd1c0b3546c00e954cd13333159a8c61d6a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 14:42:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 30454f6791..ba2c5b5813 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 21 skc0 ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) (2) +GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 01cd382e32e4d7859be3c986b2fd2f483c0e0eef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 15:29:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ba2c5b5813..8633a89990 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,6 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could **** and ****. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 7d33d3dd34cfb02b571b97dc8698e008803d4292 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:31:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8633a89990..399ee41f2d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -347,7 +347,6 @@ GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** c GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 16 cau5 figs-personification οὐ λέγει 1 GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” @@ -390,7 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could **** and ****. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d86b1613af3904374804b2fda8968bed6bc1648c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:35:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 399ee41f2d..aaa448f283 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,8 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could **** and ****. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From e3047cd6c77859d479aed07b2cbf7bc8fefeca82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:39:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index aaa448f283..39c56080a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,6 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 3f010764c6f1f4caf1312fe51e111bf8afa4c455 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:40:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 39c56080a3..63d81e8087 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteous GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 00e99742f053d81c591b5466caf358037ee4be9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 16:40:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 63d81e8087..ddb2ef437f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteous GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From c3e9b774219fd01fc3d9526f939699cdaea41460 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 20:04:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ddb2ef437f..e8817007f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -387,6 +387,7 @@ GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that P GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” +GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **But** here . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 92cb6a2cf7760199c4bf811aa2ce3d3b0123d6de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 20:13:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e8817007f0..3b73ca2b89 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that P GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” -GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **But** here . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous and the reality of what the law actually does. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c9ba60b82aac23a9b7c677286e0713be785875d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 20:51:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3b73ca2b89..202a767c1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could mean: (1) (2) +GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that the law **was added** to the covenant “because people were committing transgressions”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “because people were committing transgressions” or “because people were sinning” (2) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the reason that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” From bff1dd15376b57c20babc89d896ed642d94d3a8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 20:59:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 202a767c1e..3a2048a420 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that the law **was added** to the covenant “because people were committing transgressions”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “because people were committing transgressions” or “because people were sinning” (2) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the reason that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. +GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “because people were committing transgressions” or “because people were sinning” GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” From be8473f306e88c24a77e86da88647864e6387254 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 21:01:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3a2048a420..c797cec861 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “because people were committing transgressions” or “because people were sinning” +GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” From 4f27c4981d718c0321b753365dc8e4da21d91e28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 21:02:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c797cec861..a256d65881 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 yf5t παραβάσεων χάριν 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” +GAL 3 19 yf5t τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν προσετέθη 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” From 059fcbad11e15c46f98ae46afb4cdc435a8b8a4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 21:50:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a256d65881..1fedc35fed 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that P GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” -GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous and the reality of what the law actually does. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 94ba08da1b460e0db7989c09228db0c74a048d48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:18:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1fedc35fed..499e65c3e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,9 +388,10 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture This could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 87f5261c190f2caabe42e88d59e4263927a127dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:19:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 499e65c3e9..00e1692325 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But* GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. What follows the phrase **so that** is Paul stating the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e624116ab2abbcd26f9770f5a83cb96e70a54077 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:21:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 00e1692325..0ebd415cde 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But* GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. What follows the phrase **so that** is Paul stating the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 5f4b65c8018e8c2ffa854e198b0891e988eabe81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:21:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0ebd415cde..47b693be4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **who. imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0eb151f284ea3faa506eb85646b4394d3ff501a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:30:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 47b693be4c..f55bb9f314 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could refer to: (1) a particular passage of Scripture (2) all of scripture (3) a metonymy for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 1500d62465ae4c8a9a146a060d1ecaa5eda30dd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:44:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b2f828cd3f..e3d963186a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2655,9 +2655,10 @@ ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χρισ ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 -ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Spirit loves … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if struggling together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 These two occurrences of **by** indicate that what follows are the basis for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the love belonging to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 529c930a3b708304a56136f89a0dcac4809a8e50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 23:53:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 10 ++++++++-- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e3d963186a..e641e1d63c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2659,8 +2659,14 @@ ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησο ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the love belonging to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **saints** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “and pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα…καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 31 gq4x figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient Here, **the disobedient ones** refers to the Jews **in Judea** who disobeyed God by refusing to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews” or “those Jews who do not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul will bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n +ROM 15 31 li3i figs-metonymy εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **for Jerusalem** means “for the poor of the saints in Jerusalem,” as mentioned in [verse 26](../15/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the poor saints in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. From 16dfecced8c6f6f06fec3026b5407b20433053db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 00:01:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e641e1d63c..f6d1a8b823 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ ROM 15 31 li3i figs-metonymy εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 and that my servic ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. From 6f2ced90bc8163f987a2d3fbcce372224dc3d781 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 00:19:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f6d1a8b823..8d40f4777e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with two exceptions, the words you, your, and yourself refer to Paul’s readers and so are plural. Notes will discuss the use of singular forms in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 94ec8d5d94f466ca2747f5c03bc898a7b1f3d842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 00:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8d40f4777e..f9509cec35 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2668,7 +2668,8 @@ ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The **God of peace** means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace may be with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe Alternate translation: “I want you to respect Phoebe” From 0d93b5e14c19a7a64644062d84f75748e5bab27a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:14:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f55bb9f314..aef63d27f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -391,6 +391,7 @@ GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But* GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1ae3ef28de3581e734e64a4163f3540769a84352 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:18:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index aef63d27f0..043f234254 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But* GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 99e56983d43471b9c8e955fd862547e241941a80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:47:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 043f234254..0466e54e4a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who **imprisoned** people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as if it were the jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From a3ba812adb8be4c196be1c02fc8d9018c4fdcb96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 15:50:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0466e54e4a..4c0ffc9b2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as if it were the jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 8223ceb6ac48d15f03a453862bd5d955306e8301 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 16:21:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4c0ffc9b2c..e29c16d431 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -390,10 +390,11 @@ GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteous GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 22 jzie figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 8ae603b8917fb7207c1ed0802573f7f06e48238c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 16:25:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e29c16d431..e9159c31d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -394,6 +394,7 @@ GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* c GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 25774d960297d493d12e322e972ecfc2804f8591 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 16:47:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f9509cec35..2facea3eb4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,8 +2508,8 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with two exceptions, the words you, your, and yourself refer to Paul’s readers and so are plural. Notes will discuss the use of singular forms in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n## Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves,” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1cf6434f8b94463e81626e25fcff09259ee67c80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 17:16:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e9159c31d1..33080db084 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -394,6 +394,7 @@ GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* c GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 0361adb78c49f2015f6676e2d9a582c117c07a5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 17:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 33080db084..b2c44bbf3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,8 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. Alternate translation: “God” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 91d97a0ed350bcb4a225728936b8e592d796d243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 17:30:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 221/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b2c44bbf3b..ab455c87e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” (3) be metonymy in which case the phrase **the Scripture** is referring to God himself. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) From cc12aac74bbdd23f5a19d27f5e227549709655fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:29:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ab455c87e0..570d64f12b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -398,6 +398,7 @@ GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. +GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 2539a4b320dc02922faae7db8920fed04e6cdb10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:42:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 223/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 570d64f12b..1e8e093e36 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -399,6 +399,8 @@ GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χρι GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From c6d9406d8f5cf20efae706fa05c16e69c34f0c97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:45:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 224/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1e8e093e36..c0eb9fb41f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -399,6 +399,7 @@ GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χρι GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e1fdb5c682ba8ad8df6362e37207c17125a97caf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:45:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c0eb9fb41f..3ffcd7a135 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χρι GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 54ae50a5b4ac389d3f3905e34347ea411b341322 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:46:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 226/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3ffcd7a135..97aab87def 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise* GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c066d6d7cf802f84350f921ace4318c9014f2e03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 18:53:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 97aab87def..e5a92d3d46 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -400,6 +400,7 @@ GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise* GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.”If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 16cd423d0a176b366cf1540c91a3a536c65c6fbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 19:51:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e5a92d3d46..83bc07af87 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -401,6 +401,7 @@ GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.”If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a608ff6f43e05c91c853712b65c4a744e05c0260 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 19:56:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 83bc07af87..00e901b937 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise* GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.”If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ” or “until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Alternate translation: “For all of you who were baptized into Christ” From b82e611373f25cb253b7c195fb0bbdcf430f74ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:37:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 230/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 00e901b937..bd772aa54e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,6 +388,7 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that they no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 72872814e3cfa254cc828e2a2a4d6769961dfb19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 231/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index bd772aa54e..fad3705209 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -389,9 +389,9 @@ GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you transla GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that they no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were a person who is an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people (or things) in a prison and **sin** is spoken of as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 21366bed5a5da6a18dc9c7529459cf6d8771f739 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:41:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 232/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fad3705209..27211104a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make aliv GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that they no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If your readers would not understand what **imprisoned all things under sin** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were a person who is an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ecd548678ad106bbe113500d83566c5533facd6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:42:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 233/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 27211104a9..e9ccc3a35c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** intro GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does here. +GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 99399175fd5e94518ce04ea58a7c4e041c1f043f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:45:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e9ccc3a35c..ad8fca61b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8023e427cda90ee8a40333a120b55ae9360c974a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:46:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 235/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ad8fca61b7..24097dff97 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse shows that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 55e49e223531bea8b45504266ab9829ebdc52bdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:47:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 236/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 24097dff97..04aed34d86 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse shows that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 19b4c8bdeed372b8d02d1426a8f967f136ad3cf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 20:48:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 237/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 04aed34d86..7bac21b39b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Alternate translation: “For all of you who were baptized into Christ” From 082e8832c6501221aa22fd30ce50a20a3e196f0b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:09:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 238/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7bac21b39b..4080780bba 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -401,9 +401,10 @@ GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise* GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse. GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c4cae1630636bbb41c9091d140fa071bcfc6c363 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:11:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4080780bba..301462a92a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσα GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. +GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From bc099dbeda6c2ad789d9e9cc376a7bedcaec28c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:15:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 301462a92a..5cd117e000 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,8 @@ GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 879e516380481b4cb1424c696d10abdcdd3d55fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:18:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5cd117e000..a29c575da2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But* GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If your readers would not understand what **imprisoned all things under sin** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were a person who is an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” -GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” doing something by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From ecea8be75b3fd0a2a6ed6fcf80501b52bc8e494c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:47:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a29c575da2..977c937cd6 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -402,12 +402,12 @@ GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The way the law controlled us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding us as captives. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive in prison” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 716eb6de0813e2b061e1f812bb4a2d95f48c4932 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:53:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 243/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 977c937cd6..9bcb93c14d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. +GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” From 851331ad6b57ac075786b5ab3e6e7148e29ad478 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:55:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 244/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9bcb93c14d..2d514a78d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. +GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” From 464bf22d18efd1195e72a7004dc9e6a63e626504 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:55:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2d514a78d9..54b6c68fe4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. +GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” From 6621758c3a368987eb80d928991c48c5cae2a84c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:58:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 246/267] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 54b6c68fe4..d78009b08d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and be introducing the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as on object of faith. (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to” GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the faith that God was about to reveal” or “to the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the faith that God was about to reveal” or “until the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian A **guardian** was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child’s actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Alternate translation: “For all of you who were baptized into Christ” From c365a11567c862740f9f3ce5ed1c4521991743ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:03:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 247/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 11 +++++------ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2facea3eb4..d2a2f43177 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2508,17 +2508,16 @@ ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In t ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n## Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves,” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n## Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n -ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **able** refers to the people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help remove the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **we who are able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to immature Christians. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 2 argb figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 in order to build him up Here the pronoun **us** refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From def37ba7d99ceabf0f0b0e7357ffeb78beb08176 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:11:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 248/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d2a2f43177..d310946d8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2524,11 +2524,10 @@ ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it i ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicates that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 4 ydxc figs-activepassive τὴν…ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction Here the pronouns **our** and **we** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 4 wk5h figs-infostructure ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that we would have the hope through the patience and through the encouragement of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 15 4 i0z9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως…τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From cbd193c1ed627b147cb67f4e4752d8742bcc3e28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:32:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 249/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d310946d8a..7abdc6abd3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ ROM 15 5 y97a figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ ROM 15 5 u2zm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 See how you translated **patience** and **encouragement** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alternate translation: “to agree with each other” ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the united he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 44d14ba58643fe700a693a8b90fe714575d3aedb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:45:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 250/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7abdc6abd3..34a71e7ee2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2537,11 +2537,11 @@ ROM 15 5 u2zm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακ ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alternate translation: “to agree with each other” ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 6 smvb grammar-connect-logic-goal ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” +ROM 15 6 smvb ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other and Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n ROM 15 8 refk figs-abstractnouns διάκονον…ἀληθείας…τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρω ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated mercy in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated **mercy** in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n From 3ed4f692a5d4aad48f69bb7ea49df52e0fb517da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:49:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 251/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 34a71e7ee2..06024d5197 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you t ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another Scripture quotation that expresses the same idea of the Scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another Scripture quotation that expresses the same idea of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0f87cc888b2e70244de84c83d25d26d2fa5ea66d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:56:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 252/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 06024d5197..fd30060dce 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you t ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another Scripture quotation that expresses the same idea of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture that expresses the same idea of the quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 8415bfd6f5dcfa4db21f09c55dee7fed9c753e02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:03:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 253/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fd30060dce..1f81728679 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2561,19 +2561,19 @@ ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicat ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 11 gk0i writing-quotations αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 13 k3y1 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” +ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ…αὐτοὶ…ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From b3acbe56a2dc4547e03581db4ebeb1b3b956c1be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:06:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 254/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1f81728679..ce18002ccd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative t ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ…αὐτοὶ…ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης 1 brothers Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης 1 brothers Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could make someone **full**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1b7e0f349aa4d32bea33d555b0c2055d5f838ed8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:07:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 255/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ce18002ccd..06b06ea10d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύ ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize his point. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 54ded68421d918ad85495fb0730d09089173c19c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:15:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 256/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 06b06ea10d..5382b22d50 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσε ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 15 fuw3 figs-explicit ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 15 fuw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From 857f6cb0793c6a38d7dbd8cb431da84c21f8e4fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:17:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 257/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5382b22d50..3f0085e3b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλι ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit had sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he has a reason to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 564e1f63f421f647a562c55efb6885758c5621f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:20:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 258/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3f0085e3b9..6703e5feb0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he has a reason to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles” @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 f ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 266e2bc65b8f65f0268adefb3215ed91a4d8d9cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:21:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 259/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 6703e5feb0..dc34df3cff 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience o ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word wonders describes the character of the miraculous signs that Paul did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n +ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From ada115f68e2ae3d1d8546c852c3d5d471b4e0726 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:51:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 260/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dc34df3cff..8fa650bebe 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ α ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται…συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers of the church in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c641994a27e43df2d6000e93fe216abec23a2658 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:55:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 261/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8fa650bebe..7525769cca 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2633,14 +2633,14 @@ ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Sp ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 15 24 ww2v figs-explicit διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Paul implies that he would be **passing through** Rome on his way to **Spain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to send me ahead to there, if you might first satisfy me for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **send ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this For here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this These two occurrences of **they** refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n From 8e98724900512a5b28c4b58dfb85b2c885a458d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:59:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 262/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7525769cca..dca006d698 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2641,11 +2641,11 @@ ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was t ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this These two occurrences of **they** refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 28 gz16 figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 6d494d77279e9ddfc56bc6141c7185a5a28e7242 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 18 Nov 2022 00:02:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 263/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index dca006d698..f98c2d5a41 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2649,12 +2649,12 @@ ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul tra ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 28 gz16 figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν 1 Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 28 ywlm translate-names Σπανίαν 1 See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 This could mean: (1) Paul and the believers in Rome will experience Christs blessing. Alternate translation: “I will come and we will experience the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (2) Paul will bring Christs blessing to the believers in Rome. Alternate translation: “I will bring the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 29 wod6 figs-explicit ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι 1 This could mean: (1) Paul and the believers in Rome will experience Christ’s blessing. Alternate translation: “I will come and we will experience the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (2) Paul will bring Christ’s blessing to the believers in Rome. Alternate translation: “I will bring the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 29 ylq8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 29 st5e figs-metaphor ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 These two occurrences of **by** indicate that what follows are the basis for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the love belonging to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The two occurrences of **by** in this verse indicate that what follows are the basis for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα…καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 97f4383205a26e05cf69a7718873937572bacc3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 18 Nov 2022 00:08:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 264/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index f98c2d5a41..a1ed599661 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2660,13 +2660,13 @@ ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive to ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα…καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 gq4x figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient Here, **the disobedient ones** refers to the Jews **in Judea** who disobeyed God by refusing to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews” or “those Jews who do not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul will bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n +ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n ROM 15 31 li3i figs-metonymy εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **for Jerusalem** means “for the poor of the saints in Jerusalem,” as mentioned in [verse 26](../15/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the poor saints in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name. From d8ff171ac7ee3297c67761487414d2725ed6463f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 18 Nov 2022 00:11:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 265/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a1ed599661..d2ce5feb01 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζε ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 81b9679883728db75d24e57031030c69ac16386e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 18 Nov 2022 00:12:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 266/267] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d2ce5feb01..c2b5d4b75d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -2738,4 +2738,3 @@ ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean From a5aaf5a1ae56be647d41e522a4b574f6f4545449 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 18 Nov 2022 08:24:11 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 267/267] Fixed Romans format --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 176 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 88 insertions(+), 88 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c2b5d4b75d..481c514d56 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Romans\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Romans?\n\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.\n\n### What is the book of Romans about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).\n\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?\n\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).\n\n### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?\n\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”\n\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?\n\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”\n\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?\n\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.\n\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.\n\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?\n\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.\n\n* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”\n* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”\n\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.\n\n* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 25 gmbd figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)\n * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)\n * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)\n * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)\n * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The second Adam\n\nAdam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)
* The blessings of justification (5:1–11)
* Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore**, here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been justified by faith” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since we have been justified by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous” or “since God makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπ ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” +ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις…ἐξουσία…οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Weak in faith\n\nPaul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Dietary restrictions\n\nIn the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n +ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Weak in faith

Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Dietary restrictions

In the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει…διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -2399,12 +2399,12 @@ ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats on ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called "the one who is weak" in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 3 pqrp writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς…αὐτὸν προσελάβετο 1 Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one who eats** and **the one who does not eat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has excepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην? 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 you, who judges Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 4 vaym figs-metaphor ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 you, who judges Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 4 togo figs-activepassive σταθήσεται 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 4 ucto figs-activepassive σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 5 x7j2 κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day” ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day” @@ -2413,203 +2413,203 @@ ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πληροφορείσθω 1 ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. Thy do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n -ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἀποθνῄσκομεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ…τῷ Κυρίῳ 2 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n -ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n +ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν…τὸν ἀδελφόν 2 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες…παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ…ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God” ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν…κοινὸν…κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” -ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου…περιπατεῖς…σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to:(1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν\n 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 18 iqg3 figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 19 xxgm figs-metaphor διώκωμεν 1 Here Paul refers to **the things of peace and the things of the building up** as if they were something that people could **pursue**. He is telling Christians to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us commit to doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 19 sfpg figs-possession τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης…καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-metaphor τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, Paul speaks of helping other Christians become more spiritually mature as if one were **building up** a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that help one another grow spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ…κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 zbd1 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν βρώματος 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in [verses 2–6](../14/02.md), [13–17](../14/13.md). See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 r7u3 figs-explicit πάντα μὲν καθαρά 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **things** refers to food and **clean** refers to something that God has permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All foods are indeed permitted by God to be eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 21 mrr4 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ 2 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n +ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 21 iq9g figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 21 k1bn translate-textvariants ἢ σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 your These words are found in some traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 14 21 o6kn figs-activepassive σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that offends him or makes him weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ…ἔχεις…σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause means to keep one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n +ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves” -ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n +ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ…διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 b6t9 figs-explicit ἐὰν φάγῃ 1 Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n * How to act toward God (12:1–2)\n * How to serve the church (12:3–8)\n * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)\n * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)\n * How to act toward government (13:1–7)\n * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)\n * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)\n * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)\n * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)\n * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)\n * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)\n * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Able and unable\n\nIn [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Forms of ‘You’\n\nIn this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n## Inclusive language\n\nIn this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n +ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Able and unable

In [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

## Forms of ‘You’

In this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

## Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **we who are able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n +ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 4 wk5h figs-infostructure ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that we would have the hope through the patience and through the encouragement of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 15 4 i0z9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως…τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. He means that God uses **the Scriptures** to show his **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the patience and through the encouragement that God gives in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. He means that God uses **the Scriptures** to show his **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the patience and through the encouragement that God gives in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 15 5 y97a figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **patience** and **encouragement**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by patience and encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 See how you translated **patience** and **encouragement** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alternate translation: “to agree with each other” ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 6 smvb ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n -ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n -ROM 15 8 refk figs-abstractnouns διάκονον…ἀληθείας…τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 15 8 refk figs-abstractnouns διάκονον…ἀληθείας…τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** refers to the people who have been circumcised: the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 8 rtbo grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι 1 Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for which **Christ** became a **servant of the circumcision**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of confirming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων\r\n\n 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated **mercy** in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n -ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture that expresses the same idea of the quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ…αὐτοὶ…ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 15 14 d878 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης 1 brothers Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could make someone **full**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως\r\n\n 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 15 fuw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 18 lu97 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles” ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n +ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2617,18 +2617,18 @@ ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n -ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n +ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται…συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers of the church in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 15 24 ww2v figs-explicit διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Paul implies that he would be **passing through** Rome on his way to **Spain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2637,13 +2637,13 @@ ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐ ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n +ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 27 en7l grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 15 28 jj6t writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 28 zz8u figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον 1 Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2656,16 +2656,16 @@ ROM 15 30 v9iy figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you trans ROM 15 30 scg1 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The two occurrences of **by** in this verse indicate that what follows are the basis for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 30 wq9l figs-possession τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 30 a5g4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος…ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what we pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive together with Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα…καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 gq4x figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient Here, **the disobedient ones** refers to the Jews **in Judea** who disobeyed God by refusing to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews” or “those Jews who do not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n +ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 31 li3i figs-metonymy εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **for Jerusalem** means “for the poor of the saints in Jerusalem,” as mentioned in [verse 26](../15/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the poor saints in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])